1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
4 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
8 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
11 (at your option) any later version.
13 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
26 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
27 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
28 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
30 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
31 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
32 haven't bothered yet. */
34 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
42 #include "libiberty.h"
44 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
45 static bfd_boolean
assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
46 static bfd_boolean
prep_headers (bfd
*);
47 static bfd_boolean
swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct bfd_strtab_hash
**, int) ;
48 static bfd_boolean
elfcore_read_notes (bfd
*, file_ptr
, bfd_size_type
) ;
50 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
51 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
52 need to move into elfcode.h. */
54 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
57 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
58 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
59 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
61 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
62 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
63 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
64 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
65 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
66 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
67 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
70 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
73 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
74 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
75 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
77 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
78 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
79 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
80 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
81 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
82 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
83 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
86 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
89 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
90 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
91 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
93 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
94 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
97 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
100 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
101 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
102 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
104 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
105 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
108 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
111 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
112 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
113 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
115 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
116 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
117 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
118 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
119 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
122 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
125 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
126 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
127 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
129 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
130 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
131 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
132 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
133 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
136 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
139 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
140 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
141 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
143 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
144 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
145 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
146 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
147 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
150 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
153 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
154 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
155 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
157 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
158 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
159 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
160 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
161 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
164 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
167 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
168 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
169 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
171 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
174 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
177 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
178 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
179 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
181 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
184 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
185 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
188 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
190 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
195 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
198 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
201 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
202 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
206 return h
& 0xffffffff;
209 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
210 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
213 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg
)
215 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
216 unsigned long h
= 5381;
219 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
220 h
= (h
<< 5) + h
+ ch
;
221 return h
& 0xffffffff;
225 bfd_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
227 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
229 abfd
->tdata
.any
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
230 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
234 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= (bfd_size_type
) -1;
240 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
242 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
243 return bfd_elf_mkobject (abfd
);
247 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
249 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
250 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
252 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
254 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
255 if (i_shdrp
== 0 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
258 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
259 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
261 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
262 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
263 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
265 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
266 in case the string table is not terminated. */
267 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 == 0
268 || (shstrtab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1)) == NULL
269 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
271 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab
, shstrtabsize
, abfd
) != shstrtabsize
)
273 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call
)
274 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
278 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
279 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
281 return (char *) shstrtab
;
285 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
286 unsigned int shindex
,
287 unsigned int strindex
)
289 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
294 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
296 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
297 && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
300 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
302 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
303 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
304 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
305 abfd
, strindex
, (unsigned long) hdr
->sh_size
,
306 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
308 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
312 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
315 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
316 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
317 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
318 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
319 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively. */
322 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
323 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
326 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
328 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
330 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
332 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
333 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
334 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
335 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
336 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
337 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
345 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
347 if (symtab_hdr
== &elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_hdr
)
348 shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
350 /* Read the symbols. */
352 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
353 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
354 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
355 amt
= symcount
* extsym_size
;
356 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
357 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
359 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, extsym_size
);
360 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
362 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
363 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
364 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
370 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
374 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
375 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
376 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
378 alloc_extshndx
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
,
379 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
380 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
382 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
383 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
384 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
391 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
393 intsym_buf
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
));
394 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
398 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
399 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
400 for (esym
= extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
, shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
402 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
403 (*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
);
406 if (alloc_ext
!= NULL
)
408 if (alloc_extshndx
!= NULL
)
409 free (alloc_extshndx
);
414 /* Look up a symbol name. */
416 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
417 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
418 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
422 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
423 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
425 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
426 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
427 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
)
428 && !(isym
->st_shndx
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& isym
->st_shndx
<= SHN_HIRESERVE
))
430 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
431 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
434 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
437 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
438 name
= bfd_section_name (abfd
, sym_sec
);
443 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
444 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
447 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
448 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
450 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
452 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
453 signature just a string? */
456 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
458 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
459 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
460 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
461 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
463 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
464 that it is a symbol table section. */
465 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
466 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
467 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
470 /* Go read the symbol. */
471 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
472 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
473 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
476 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
479 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
482 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
484 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
486 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
487 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
490 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
492 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
493 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
494 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
496 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
498 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
499 if (shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
&& shdr
->sh_size
>= 8)
505 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
506 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
510 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
511 so we can find them quickly. */
514 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
515 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
516 = bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_group
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
517 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
521 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
523 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
524 if (shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
&& shdr
->sh_size
>= 8)
527 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
529 /* Add to list of sections. */
530 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
533 /* Read the raw contents. */
534 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4);
535 amt
= shdr
->sh_size
* sizeof (*dest
) / 4;
536 shdr
->contents
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
,
538 if (shdr
->contents
== NULL
539 || bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
540 || (bfd_bread (shdr
->contents
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
)
544 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
545 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
546 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
548 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
549 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
556 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
557 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
560 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
561 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
562 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
567 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
568 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd
));
571 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
578 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
582 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
584 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
585 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
586 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
588 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
589 section is a member. */
591 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
595 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
596 other members to see if any others are linked via
598 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
599 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
601 if ((s
= (++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
602 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
606 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
607 insert current section in circular list. */
608 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
609 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
610 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
616 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
619 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
621 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
622 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
625 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
627 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
628 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
636 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
638 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
645 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
648 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
649 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
652 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
653 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
655 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
656 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
658 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
659 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
660 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
661 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
664 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
665 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
666 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
667 bed
->link_order_error_handler
668 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
675 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
678 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
679 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
680 link
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
683 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
684 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
685 s
->owner
, s
, elfsec
);
689 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = link
;
694 /* Process section groups. */
695 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
698 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
700 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
701 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
702 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
705 if ((++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
)
706 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
707 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
708 || idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
709 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
710 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
711 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
712 relocation sections are in section group in input object
714 shdr
->bfd_section
->size
-= 4;
717 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
718 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
719 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
721 (unsigned int) idx
->shdr
->sh_type
,
722 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
723 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
726 shdr
->bfd_section
->name
);
734 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
736 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
739 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
740 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
743 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
744 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
750 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
752 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
754 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (name
,
755 bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
)) == 0);
759 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
763 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
764 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
765 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
767 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
768 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
769 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
771 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
773 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
)
774 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
775 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, newsect
,
776 bfd_log2 ((bfd_vma
) hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
779 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
780 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
781 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
782 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
783 flags
|= SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
;
784 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
787 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
790 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
791 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
792 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
794 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
796 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
799 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
800 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
801 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
803 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
804 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
806 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
807 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
809 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
811 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
812 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
817 } debug_sections
[] =
819 { "debug", 5 }, /* 'd' */
820 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'e' */
821 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'f' */
822 { "gnu.linkonce.wi.", 17 }, /* 'g' */
823 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'h' */
824 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'i' */
825 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'j' */
826 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'k' */
827 { "line", 4 }, /* 'l' */
828 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'm' */
829 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'n' */
830 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'o' */
831 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'p' */
832 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'q' */
833 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'r' */
834 { "stab", 4 } /* 's' */
839 int i
= name
[1] - 'd';
841 && i
< (int) ARRAY_SIZE (debug_sections
)
842 && debug_sections
[i
].name
!= NULL
843 && strncmp (&name
[1], debug_sections
[i
].name
,
844 debug_sections
[i
].len
) == 0)
845 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
849 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
850 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
851 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
852 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
853 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
854 all but one of the sections. */
855 if (strncmp (name
, ".gnu.linkonce", sizeof ".gnu.linkonce" - 1) == 0
856 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
857 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
859 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
860 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
861 if (! bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags
, hdr
))
864 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, newsect
, flags
))
867 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
869 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
872 /* Look through the phdrs to see if we need to adjust the lma.
873 If all the p_paddr fields are zero, we ignore them, since
874 some ELF linkers produce such output. */
875 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
876 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
878 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
881 if (i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
)
883 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
884 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
886 /* This section is part of this segment if its file
887 offset plus size lies within the segment's memory
888 span and, if the section is loaded, the extent of the
889 loaded data lies within the extent of the segment.
891 Note - we used to check the p_paddr field as well, and
892 refuse to set the LMA if it was 0. This is wrong
893 though, as a perfectly valid initialised segment can
894 have a p_paddr of zero. Some architectures, eg ARM,
895 place special significance on the address 0 and
896 executables need to be able to have a segment which
897 covers this address. */
898 if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
899 && (bfd_vma
) hdr
->sh_offset
>= phdr
->p_offset
900 && (hdr
->sh_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
901 <= phdr
->p_offset
+ phdr
->p_memsz
)
902 && ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
903 || (hdr
->sh_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
904 <= phdr
->p_offset
+ phdr
->p_filesz
)))
906 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
907 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
908 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
);
910 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
911 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
912 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
913 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
914 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
915 segment will contain sections with contiguous
916 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
917 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
918 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
);
920 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
921 offsets whether a section with zero size should
922 be placed at the end of one segment or the
923 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
924 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
925 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
926 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
941 struct elf_internal_shdr *bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name);
944 Helper functions for GDB to locate the string tables.
945 Since BFD hides string tables from callers, GDB needs to use an
946 internal hook to find them. Sun's .stabstr, in particular,
947 isn't even pointed to by the .stab section, so ordinary
948 mechanisms wouldn't work to find it, even if we had some.
951 struct elf_internal_shdr
*
952 bfd_elf_find_section (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
)
954 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
959 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
962 shstrtab
= bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
,
963 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
);
964 if (shstrtab
!= NULL
)
966 max
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
967 for (i
= 1; i
< max
; i
++)
968 if (!strcmp (&shstrtab
[i_shdrp
[i
]->sh_name
], name
))
975 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] = {
976 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
977 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
978 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
981 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
982 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
983 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
984 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
985 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
986 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
987 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
988 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
989 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
991 bfd_reloc_status_type
992 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
993 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
995 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
996 asection
*input_section
,
998 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1000 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
1001 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
1002 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
1003 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
1005 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1006 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1009 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1012 /* Make sure sec_info_type is cleared if sec_info is cleared too. */
1015 merge_sections_remove_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1018 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->sec_info_type
== ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
);
1019 sec
->sec_info_type
= ELF_INFO_TYPE_NONE
;
1022 /* Finish SHF_MERGE section merging. */
1025 _bfd_elf_merge_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1030 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
1033 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link_next
)
1034 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
1035 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
1036 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0
1037 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
1039 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
1041 secdata
= elf_section_data (sec
);
1042 if (! _bfd_add_merge_section (abfd
,
1043 &elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
1044 sec
, &secdata
->sec_info
))
1046 else if (secdata
->sec_info
)
1047 sec
->sec_info_type
= ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
;
1050 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
!= NULL
)
1051 _bfd_merge_sections (abfd
, info
, elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
1052 merge_sections_remove_hook
);
1057 _bfd_elf_link_just_syms (asection
*sec
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1059 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1060 sec
->output_offset
= sec
->vma
;
1061 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
1064 sec
->sec_info_type
= ELF_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
;
1067 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1071 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1073 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1074 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1077 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (obfd
)
1078 || (elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
1079 == elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
));
1081 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1082 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1083 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
1088 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1093 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1094 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1095 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1096 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1097 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1098 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1099 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1100 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1101 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1102 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1103 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1104 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1109 /* Print out the program headers. */
1112 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1115 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1117 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1119 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1124 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1125 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1126 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1128 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1133 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1136 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1137 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1138 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1139 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1140 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1141 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1142 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1143 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1144 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1145 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1146 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1147 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1148 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1149 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1150 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1151 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1152 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1157 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1161 unsigned long shlink
;
1162 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1164 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1166 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1168 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1171 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1174 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1176 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1177 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1180 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1181 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1183 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1186 bfd_boolean stringp
;
1188 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1190 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1197 sprintf (ab
, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn
.d_tag
);
1201 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1202 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1203 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1204 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1205 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1206 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1207 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1208 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1209 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1210 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1211 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1212 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1213 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1214 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1215 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1216 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1217 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1218 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1219 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1220 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1221 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1222 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1223 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1224 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1225 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1226 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1227 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1228 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1229 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1230 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1231 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1232 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1233 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1234 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1235 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1236 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1237 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1238 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1239 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1240 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1241 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1242 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1243 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1244 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1245 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1246 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1247 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1248 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1249 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1250 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1251 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1252 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1253 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1254 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1255 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1256 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1257 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1258 case DT_GNU_HASH
: name
= "GNU_HASH"; break;
1261 fprintf (f
, " %-11s ", name
);
1263 fprintf (f
, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1267 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1269 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1272 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1281 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1282 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1284 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, FALSE
))
1288 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1290 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1292 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1293 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1295 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1296 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1297 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1298 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1300 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1303 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1307 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1313 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1315 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1317 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1318 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1320 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1322 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1323 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1324 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1325 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1326 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1327 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1339 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1342 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1345 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1350 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1351 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1353 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1354 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1355 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1356 fprintf (file
, " %lx", (long) symbol
->flags
);
1358 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1360 const char *section_name
;
1361 const char *name
= NULL
;
1362 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1363 unsigned char st_other
;
1366 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1368 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1369 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1370 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1374 name
= symbol
->name
;
1375 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
1378 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
1379 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1380 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1381 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1382 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1383 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1384 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
1386 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
1387 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
1389 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1390 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_section
!= 0
1391 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_section
!= 0
1392 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_section
!= 0))
1394 unsigned int vernum
;
1395 const char *version_string
;
1397 vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
1400 version_string
= "";
1401 else if (vernum
== 1)
1402 version_string
= "Base";
1403 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1405 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1408 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1410 version_string
= "";
1411 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1415 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1417 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1419 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1421 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1428 if ((((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0)
1429 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
1434 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
1435 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
1440 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1441 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
1446 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
1447 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
1448 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
1450 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1452 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
1455 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
1461 /* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table. */
1463 struct bfd_hash_entry
*
1464 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
1465 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
1468 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1472 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
));
1477 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1478 entry
= _bfd_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
1481 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
1482 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) table
;
1484 /* Set local fields. */
1487 ret
->got
= htab
->init_got_refcount
;
1488 ret
->plt
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
;
1489 memset (&ret
->size
, 0, (sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
)
1490 - offsetof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
, size
)));
1491 /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader.
1492 This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input
1493 file. This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol
1494 reader will have the flag set correctly. */
1501 /* Copy data from an indirect symbol to its direct symbol, hiding the
1502 old indirect symbol. Also used for copying flags to a weakdef. */
1505 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1506 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
1507 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
1509 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1511 /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the
1512 symbol which just became indirect. */
1514 dir
->ref_dynamic
|= ind
->ref_dynamic
;
1515 dir
->ref_regular
|= ind
->ref_regular
;
1516 dir
->ref_regular_nonweak
|= ind
->ref_regular_nonweak
;
1517 dir
->non_got_ref
|= ind
->non_got_ref
;
1518 dir
->needs_plt
|= ind
->needs_plt
;
1519 dir
->pointer_equality_needed
|= ind
->pointer_equality_needed
;
1521 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1524 /* Copy over the global and procedure linkage table refcount entries.
1525 These may have been already set up by a check_relocs routine. */
1526 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
1527 if (ind
->got
.refcount
> htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
)
1529 if (dir
->got
.refcount
< 0)
1530 dir
->got
.refcount
= 0;
1531 dir
->got
.refcount
+= ind
->got
.refcount
;
1532 ind
->got
.refcount
= htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
;
1535 if (ind
->plt
.refcount
> htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
)
1537 if (dir
->plt
.refcount
< 0)
1538 dir
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
1539 dir
->plt
.refcount
+= ind
->plt
.refcount
;
1540 ind
->plt
.refcount
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
;
1543 if (ind
->dynindx
!= -1)
1545 if (dir
->dynindx
!= -1)
1546 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (htab
->dynstr
, dir
->dynstr_index
);
1547 dir
->dynindx
= ind
->dynindx
;
1548 dir
->dynstr_index
= ind
->dynstr_index
;
1550 ind
->dynstr_index
= 0;
1555 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1556 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1557 bfd_boolean force_local
)
1559 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
1563 h
->forced_local
= 1;
1564 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
1567 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
1573 /* Initialize an ELF linker hash table. */
1576 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init
1577 (struct elf_link_hash_table
*table
,
1579 struct bfd_hash_entry
*(*newfunc
) (struct bfd_hash_entry
*,
1580 struct bfd_hash_table
*,
1582 unsigned int entsize
)
1585 int can_refcount
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->can_refcount
;
1587 table
->dynamic_sections_created
= FALSE
;
1588 table
->dynobj
= NULL
;
1589 table
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
1590 table
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
1591 table
->init_got_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
1592 table
->init_plt_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
1593 /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy. */
1594 table
->dynsymcount
= 1;
1595 table
->dynstr
= NULL
;
1596 table
->bucketcount
= 0;
1597 table
->needed
= NULL
;
1600 table
->merge_info
= NULL
;
1601 memset (&table
->stab_info
, 0, sizeof (table
->stab_info
));
1602 memset (&table
->eh_info
, 0, sizeof (table
->eh_info
));
1603 table
->dynlocal
= NULL
;
1604 table
->runpath
= NULL
;
1605 table
->tls_sec
= NULL
;
1606 table
->tls_size
= 0;
1607 table
->loaded
= NULL
;
1608 table
->is_relocatable_executable
= FALSE
;
1610 ret
= _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table
->root
, abfd
, newfunc
, entsize
);
1611 table
->root
.type
= bfd_link_elf_hash_table
;
1616 /* Create an ELF linker hash table. */
1618 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
1619 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
1621 struct elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
1622 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table
);
1624 ret
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
1628 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret
, abfd
, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
1629 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
)))
1638 /* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to
1639 tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED
1640 entry for a dynamic object. */
1643 bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
1645 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1646 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
1647 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = name
;
1651 bfd_elf_get_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
)
1654 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1655 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
1656 lib_class
= elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
);
1663 bfd_elf_set_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
, int lib_class
)
1665 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1666 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
1667 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = lib_class
;
1670 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link. This is a hook for
1671 the linker ELF emulation code. */
1673 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
1674 bfd_elf_get_needed_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1675 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1677 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
1679 return elf_hash_table (info
)->needed
;
1682 /* Get the list of DT_RPATH/DT_RUNPATH entries for a link. This is a
1683 hook for the linker ELF emulation code. */
1685 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
1686 bfd_elf_get_runpath_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1687 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1689 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
1691 return elf_hash_table (info
)->runpath
;
1694 /* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link. This
1695 is the SONAME entry if there is one. Otherwise, it is the string
1696 passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename. */
1699 bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (bfd
*abfd
)
1701 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1702 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
1703 return elf_dt_name (abfd
);
1707 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries from a BFD. This is a hook for
1708 the ELF linker emulation code. */
1711 bfd_elf_get_bfd_needed_list (bfd
*abfd
,
1712 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pneeded
)
1715 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1717 unsigned long shlink
;
1718 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1720 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1724 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1725 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_object
)
1728 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1729 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->size
== 0)
1732 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1735 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1739 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1741 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1742 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1745 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1746 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1748 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1750 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1752 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1755 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
1758 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*l
;
1759 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1762 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1767 l
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
1788 /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
1790 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*
1791 _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void)
1793 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*ret
;
1795 ret
= _bfd_stringtab_init ();
1800 loc
= _bfd_stringtab_add (ret
, "", TRUE
, FALSE
);
1801 BFD_ASSERT (loc
== 0 || loc
== (bfd_size_type
) -1);
1802 if (loc
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
1804 _bfd_stringtab_free (ret
);
1811 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1813 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1816 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
1818 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
1819 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1820 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1823 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
1824 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
,
1829 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
1832 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1835 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
1836 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
1837 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
1838 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
1839 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
1840 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
1841 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
1842 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1843 case SHT_GNU_HASH
: /* .gnu.hash section. */
1844 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1846 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1847 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1849 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
)
1850 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
1852 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
1854 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
1856 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
1857 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
1858 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
1859 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
1861 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
1862 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1866 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1868 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1869 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1871 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1872 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1874 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1882 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table */
1883 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
1886 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
1888 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0);
1889 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
1890 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1891 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
1892 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
1894 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
1895 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
1896 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
1897 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
1898 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
1900 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
1901 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
1902 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1906 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
1907 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
1908 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
1909 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
)]->sh_link
!= shindex
)
1911 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1913 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1914 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1916 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1917 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1918 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1922 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
1924 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1925 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1926 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1930 return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
1934 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table */
1935 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
1938 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
1940 BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0);
1941 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
1942 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1943 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
1944 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
1946 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
1947 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
1948 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1950 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */
1951 if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) == shindex
)
1954 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) == 0);
1955 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) = shindex
;
1956 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
= *hdr
;
1957 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
1960 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table */
1961 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
1963 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
1965 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1966 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
1969 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
1972 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1973 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
1976 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
1979 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1980 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
1981 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
1982 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
1984 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1988 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
1989 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
1990 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
1991 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
1993 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1995 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1996 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1998 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1999 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2001 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
2004 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
2006 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2008 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2009 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
2013 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2017 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
2019 asection
*target_sect
;
2020 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
;
2021 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2024 != (bfd_size_type
) (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2025 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
: bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
2028 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
2029 if ((hdr
->sh_link
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& hdr
->sh_link
<= SHN_HIRESERVE
)
2030 || hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
2032 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
2033 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
2034 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
));
2035 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2039 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
2040 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
2041 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
2042 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
2043 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
2044 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
2045 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything. */
2046 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
2047 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_DYNSYM
)
2053 for (scan
= 1; scan
< num_sec
; scan
++)
2055 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2056 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2067 hdr
->sh_link
= found
;
2070 /* Get the symbol table. */
2071 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2072 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2073 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
2076 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
2077 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
2078 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
2079 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
2080 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
2081 section, an invalid section, or another reloc section. */
2082 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
2083 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
2084 || (hdr
->sh_info
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& hdr
->sh_info
<= SHN_HIRESERVE
)
2085 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
2086 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2087 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2088 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2091 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
2093 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
2094 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
2097 if ((target_sect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
2098 || target_sect
->reloc_count
== 0)
2099 hdr2
= &elf_section_data (target_sect
)->rel_hdr
;
2103 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (target_sect
)->rel_hdr2
== NULL
);
2104 amt
= sizeof (*hdr2
);
2105 hdr2
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2106 elf_section_data (target_sect
)->rel_hdr2
= hdr2
;
2109 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
2110 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
);
2111 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
2112 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
2113 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
2114 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2115 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2116 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2117 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
;
2118 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
2123 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2124 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
2125 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
2126 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2129 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2130 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
2132 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
2133 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
2134 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2136 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2137 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
2138 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
2139 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2145 /* We need a BFD section for objcopy and relocatable linking,
2146 and it's handy to have the signature available as the section
2148 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
)
2150 name
= group_signature (abfd
, hdr
);
2153 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2155 if (hdr
->contents
!= NULL
)
2157 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) hdr
->contents
;
2158 unsigned int n_elt
= hdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
2161 if (idx
->flags
& GRP_COMDAT
)
2162 hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
2163 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
2165 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
2167 while (--n_elt
!= 0)
2168 if ((s
= (--idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
2169 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
2171 elf_next_in_group (hdr
->bfd_section
) = s
;
2178 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2179 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2182 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
2184 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2185 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
2186 for applications? */
2187 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2188 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
2189 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2190 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2192 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
2193 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2196 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
2197 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
2198 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2199 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2200 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
2202 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2203 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
2205 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
2206 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
) != 0)
2207 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
2208 required to correctly process the section and the file should
2209 be rejected with an error message. */
2210 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2211 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
2213 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2215 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2216 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2219 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2220 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2221 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2222 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2230 /* Return the section for the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX.
2231 Return SEC for sections that have no elf section, and NULL on error. */
2234 bfd_section_from_r_symndx (bfd
*abfd
,
2235 struct sym_sec_cache
*cache
,
2237 unsigned long r_symndx
)
2239 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2240 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
2241 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
2242 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
2243 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
2245 if (cache
->abfd
== abfd
&& cache
->indx
[ent
] == r_symndx
)
2246 return cache
->sec
[ent
];
2248 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2249 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
2250 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
2253 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
2255 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
2258 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
2259 cache
->sec
[ent
] = sec
;
2260 if ((isym
.st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& isym
.st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
2261 || isym
.st_shndx
> SHN_HIRESERVE
)
2264 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
.st_shndx
);
2266 cache
->sec
[ent
] = s
;
2268 return cache
->sec
[ent
];
2271 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2275 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int index
)
2277 if (index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2279 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[index
]->bfd_section
;
2282 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
2284 { ".bss", 4, -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2285 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2288 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2290 { ".comment", 8, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2291 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2294 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2296 { ".data", 5, -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2297 { ".data1", 6, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2298 { ".debug", 6, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2299 { ".debug_line", 11, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2300 { ".debug_info", 11, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2301 { ".debug_abbrev", 13, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2302 { ".debug_aranges", 14, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2303 { ".dynamic", 8, 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2304 { ".dynstr", 7, 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2305 { ".dynsym", 7, 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2306 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2309 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2311 { ".fini", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2312 { ".fini_array", 11, 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2313 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2316 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2318 { ".gnu.linkonce.b",15, -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2319 { ".got", 4, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2320 { ".gnu.version", 12, 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2321 { ".gnu.version_d", 14, 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2322 { ".gnu.version_r", 14, 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2323 { ".gnu.liblist", 12, 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2324 { ".gnu.conflict", 13, 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2325 { ".gnu.hash", 9, 0, SHT_GNU_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2326 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2329 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2331 { ".hash", 5, 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2332 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2335 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2337 { ".init", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2338 { ".init_array", 11, 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2339 { ".interp", 7, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2340 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2343 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2345 { ".line", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2346 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2349 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2351 { ".note.GNU-stack",15, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2352 { ".note", 5, -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2353 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2356 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2358 { ".preinit_array", 14, 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2359 { ".plt", 4, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2360 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2363 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2365 { ".rodata", 7, -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2366 { ".rodata1", 8, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2367 { ".rela", 5, -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2368 { ".rel", 4, -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2369 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2372 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2374 { ".shstrtab", 9, 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2375 { ".strtab", 7, 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2376 { ".symtab", 7, 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2377 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2378 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2381 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2383 { ".text", 5, -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2384 { ".tbss", 5, -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2385 { ".tdata", 6, -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2386 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2389 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*special_sections
[] =
2391 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2392 special_sections_c
, /* 'b' */
2393 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2395 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2396 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2397 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2398 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2401 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2403 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2405 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2407 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2408 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2409 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2412 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2413 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2414 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2420 len
= strlen (name
);
2422 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2425 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2427 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2429 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2432 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2433 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2435 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2437 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2439 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2440 && (suffix_len
== -2
2441 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2447 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2449 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2450 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2460 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2461 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2464 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2465 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2467 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2468 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2471 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2472 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2475 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2476 bed
->special_sections
,
2482 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2485 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2486 if (i
< 0 || i
> 't' - 'b')
2489 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2494 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2498 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2500 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2501 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2502 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2504 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2507 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*sdata
));
2510 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2513 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2514 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2515 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2517 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2518 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2519 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2520 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2521 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2522 elf_fake_sections. */
2523 if ((!sec
->flags
&& abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
)
2524 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
2526 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2529 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2530 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2534 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2537 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2539 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2540 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2541 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2542 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2544 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2545 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2546 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2547 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2548 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2549 of combined data+bss.
2551 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2552 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2553 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2554 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2555 into it's initialized and uninitialized parts.
2560 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2561 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2563 const char *typename
)
2571 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2572 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2573 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2574 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", typename
, index
, split
? "a" : "");
2575 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2576 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2579 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2580 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2581 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2583 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
;
2584 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
;
2585 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
2586 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
2587 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2588 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
2589 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2591 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2592 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
2593 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2595 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2597 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2600 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2602 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2607 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%db", typename
, index
);
2608 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2609 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2612 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2613 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2614 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2616 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2617 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2618 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
2619 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2621 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2622 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2623 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2625 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2626 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2633 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int index
)
2635 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2637 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
2640 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "null");
2643 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "load");
2646 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "dynamic");
2649 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "interp");
2652 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "note"))
2654 if (! elfcore_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
))
2659 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "shlib");
2662 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "phdr");
2664 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
2665 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
,
2669 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "stack");
2672 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "relro");
2675 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2676 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2677 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "proc");
2681 /* Initialize REL_HDR, the section-header for new section, containing
2682 relocations against ASECT. If USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA
2683 relocations; otherwise, we use REL relocations. */
2686 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2687 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
,
2689 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
)
2692 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2693 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect
->name
);
2695 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2698 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", asect
->name
);
2700 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
2702 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2704 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
2705 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
2706 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
2707 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
2708 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
2709 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
2710 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
2711 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
2712 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
2717 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
2720 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *failedptrarg
)
2722 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2723 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= failedptrarg
;
2724 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
2728 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
2733 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (asect
)->this_hdr
;
2735 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
2736 asect
->name
, FALSE
);
2737 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2743 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
2745 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2746 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
2747 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
;
2749 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
2751 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
2752 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
2753 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
2754 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1 << asect
->alignment_power
;
2755 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
2756 copy_private_section_data. */
2758 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
2759 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
2761 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
2763 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
2765 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
2766 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
2767 else if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2768 && (((asect
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
2769 || (asect
->flags
& SEC_NEVER_LOAD
) != 0))
2770 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
2772 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
2775 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
2781 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
2782 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
2783 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
2790 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
2794 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
2798 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
2802 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
2803 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
2807 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
2808 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
2811 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2812 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
2815 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2816 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
2817 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2818 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
2820 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
2821 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
2823 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
2824 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
2827 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2828 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
2829 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2830 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
2832 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
2833 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
2835 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
2836 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
2840 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 4;
2844 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
2848 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
2849 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
2850 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
2851 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
2852 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
2853 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
2854 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
2856 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
2857 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
2858 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
2859 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
2861 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
2862 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
2863 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
2865 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
2866 if (asect
->size
== 0
2867 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
2869 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
2871 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
2874 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
2875 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2876 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
2881 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
2882 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
2883 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
2886 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
2887 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
2888 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
2889 create the other. */
2890 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
2891 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
2892 &elf_section_data (asect
)->rel_hdr
,
2898 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. */
2901 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
2903 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= failedptrarg
;
2904 unsigned long symindx
;
2905 asection
*elt
, *first
;
2909 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
2911 if (((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
)
2916 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
2917 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
2921 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
2922 elf_section_syms; If called for "ld -r", use target_index. */
2923 if (elf_section_syms (abfd
) != NULL
)
2924 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
2926 symindx
= sec
->target_index
;
2928 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
2930 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
2932 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
2935 sec
->contents
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
2937 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
2938 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
2939 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
2946 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
2948 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
2949 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
2950 start of the input section group. */
2951 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
2953 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
2954 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
2955 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
2956 directives, not that it matters. */
2965 s
= s
->output_section
;
2968 idx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
2969 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, idx
, loc
);
2970 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
2975 if ((loc
-= 4) != sec
->contents
)
2978 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
2981 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
2982 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
2983 in here too, while we're at it. */
2986 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
2988 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
2990 unsigned int section_number
, secn
;
2991 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
2992 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
2996 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
2998 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
2999 if (link_info
== NULL
|| link_info
->relocatable
)
3001 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
3002 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3004 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3006 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
3008 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
3010 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
3011 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
3012 abfd
->section_count
--;
3016 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3017 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3018 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3024 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3026 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3028 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
3030 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3031 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3032 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3034 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
3035 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0)
3039 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3040 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3041 d
->rel_idx
= section_number
++;
3042 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel_hdr
.sh_name
);
3047 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3048 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3049 d
->rel_idx2
= section_number
++;
3050 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel_hdr2
->sh_name
);
3056 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3057 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3058 t
->shstrtab_section
= section_number
++;
3059 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3060 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= t
->shstrtab_section
;
3062 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
3064 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3065 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3066 t
->symtab_section
= section_number
++;
3067 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3068 if (section_number
> SHN_LORESERVE
- 2)
3070 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3071 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3072 t
->symtab_shndx_section
= section_number
++;
3073 t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_name
3074 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3075 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE
);
3076 if (t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3079 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3080 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3081 t
->strtab_section
= section_number
++;
3082 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3085 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3086 t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3088 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
3089 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
3090 if (section_number
> SHN_LORESERVE
)
3091 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
-= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3093 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3095 i_shdrp
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, section_number
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
3096 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
3099 i_shdrp
[0] = bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
3100 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
3102 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
3106 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
3108 i_shdrp
[t
->shstrtab_section
] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
3109 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
3111 i_shdrp
[t
->symtab_section
] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
3112 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > SHN_LORESERVE
)
3114 i_shdrp
[t
->symtab_shndx_section
] = &t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
3115 t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3117 i_shdrp
[t
->strtab_section
] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
3118 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->strtab_section
;
3121 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3123 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3127 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
3128 if (d
->rel_idx
!= 0)
3129 i_shdrp
[d
->rel_idx
] = &d
->rel_hdr
;
3130 if (d
->rel_idx2
!= 0)
3131 i_shdrp
[d
->rel_idx2
] = d
->rel_hdr2
;
3133 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3135 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3136 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3137 the relocation entries apply. */
3138 if (d
->rel_idx
!= 0)
3140 d
->rel_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3141 d
->rel_hdr
.sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3143 if (d
->rel_idx2
!= 0)
3145 d
->rel_hdr2
->sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3146 d
->rel_hdr2
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3149 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3150 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
3152 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
3155 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3156 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
3158 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3159 if (elf_discarded_section (s
))
3162 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3163 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
3164 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
,
3166 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3167 size as the discarded one. */
3168 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
);
3171 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3177 s
= s
->output_section
;
3178 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3182 /* Handle objcopy. */
3183 if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
3185 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3186 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
3187 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3188 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3191 s
= s
->output_section
;
3193 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3198 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3199 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3200 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3202 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
3203 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3204 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
3205 bed
->link_order_error_handler
3206 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
3211 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
3215 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3216 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3217 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3218 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3219 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3220 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3221 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3223 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3225 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3227 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
3231 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3233 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3237 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3238 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3239 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3240 field to point to this section. */
3241 if (strncmp (sec
->name
, ".stab", sizeof ".stab" - 1) == 0
3242 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
3247 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
3248 alc
= bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
3251 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
3252 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
3253 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
3257 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
3259 /* This is a .stab section. */
3260 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
== 0)
3261 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
3262 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 8;
3269 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3270 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3271 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3272 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3274 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
3276 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3279 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
3280 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3282 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3284 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
3285 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3287 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3292 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3293 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3294 this hash table or version table is for. */
3295 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3297 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3301 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3305 for (secn
= 1; secn
< section_number
; ++secn
)
3306 if (i_shdrp
[secn
] == NULL
)
3307 i_shdrp
[secn
] = i_shdrp
[0];
3309 i_shdrp
[secn
]->sh_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3310 i_shdrp
[secn
]->sh_name
);
3314 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3315 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3318 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3320 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3321 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3322 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
3323 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
3325 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
3326 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym
))
3327 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym
)));
3330 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
3331 output. Also, don't output section symbols for reloc and other
3332 special sections. */
3335 ignore_section_sym (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3337 return ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
3339 || (sym
->section
->owner
!= abfd
3340 && (sym
->section
->output_section
->owner
!= abfd
3341 || sym
->section
->output_offset
!= 0))));
3345 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
3347 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
3348 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
3349 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
3350 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
3351 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
3352 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
3353 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
3360 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3364 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3366 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
3367 max_index
= asect
->index
;
3371 sect_syms
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, max_index
, sizeof (asymbol
*));
3372 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
3374 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
3375 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
3377 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
3378 decided to output. */
3379 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3381 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3383 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
3384 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
3386 asection
*sec
= sym
->section
;
3388 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
3389 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
3391 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
3395 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
3396 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3398 if (ignore_section_sym (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3400 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3406 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
3407 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
3408 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
3409 at least in that case. */
3410 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3412 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3414 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
3421 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
3422 new_syms
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_locals
+ num_globals
, sizeof (asymbol
*));
3424 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
3427 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3429 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3432 if (ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
3434 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3437 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3439 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3441 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3443 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3445 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
3448 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
3449 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3452 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3454 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3458 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
3460 elf_num_locals (abfd
) = num_locals
;
3461 elf_num_globals (abfd
) = num_globals
;
3465 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
3466 ELF data structure. */
3468 static inline file_ptr
3469 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
3471 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
3474 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
3475 required section alignment. */
3478 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
3486 al
= i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
;
3488 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, al
);
3490 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
3491 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
3492 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
3493 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
3494 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
3498 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
3499 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
3500 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
3503 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
3504 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3506 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3508 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
3509 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
3511 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
3514 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
3515 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
3516 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
3518 if (! prep_headers (abfd
))
3521 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
3522 if (bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
)
3523 (*bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
);
3526 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &failed
);
3530 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
3533 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
3534 if (link_info
== NULL
&& bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
3536 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
3537 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
3539 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
))
3543 if (link_info
== NULL
)
3545 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
3550 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
3551 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
3552 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
3553 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
3554 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3555 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3556 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3557 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3558 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
3559 /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */
3560 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
3562 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
3565 if (link_info
== NULL
&& bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
3568 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
3570 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
3572 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3573 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3575 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
3576 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3577 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3579 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
3580 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3582 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
3584 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
3586 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
3587 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
3589 _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab
);
3592 abfd
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
3597 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
3598 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
3600 static bfd_size_type
3601 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3605 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3607 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
3608 and one for data. */
3611 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
3612 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
3614 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
3615 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
3616 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
3621 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
3623 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3627 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->eh_frame_hdr
)
3629 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
3633 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
)
3635 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
3639 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->relro
)
3641 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
3645 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3647 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
3648 && strncmp (s
->name
, ".note", 5) == 0)
3650 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
3655 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3657 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3659 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
3665 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
3666 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3667 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
3671 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
, info
);
3677 return segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
3680 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
3682 static struct elf_segment_map
*
3683 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
3684 asection
**sections
,
3689 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3694 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3695 amt
+= (to
- from
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
3696 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3700 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
3701 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
3702 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
3703 m
->count
= to
- from
;
3705 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
3707 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
3708 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
3709 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
3715 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
3718 struct elf_segment_map
*
3719 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
3721 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3723 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
3727 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
3729 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
3734 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
3737 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3739 struct elf_segment_map
**m
;
3740 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3742 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
3743 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
3744 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
3745 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
3747 m
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
3750 unsigned int i
, new_count
;
3752 for (new_count
= 0, i
= 0; i
< (*m
)->count
; i
++)
3754 if (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
3755 && (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3756 || (*m
)->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
3758 (*m
)->sections
[new_count
] = (*m
)->sections
[i
];
3762 (*m
)->count
= new_count
;
3764 if ((*m
)->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& (*m
)->count
== 0)
3770 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3771 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
!= NULL
)
3773 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, info
))
3780 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
3783 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3786 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3787 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
3788 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3790 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
== NULL
3791 && bfd_count_sections (abfd
) != 0)
3795 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
3796 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
3799 unsigned int phdr_index
;
3800 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
3802 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
3803 bfd_boolean writable
;
3805 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
3806 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
3809 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
3811 sections
= bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd
), sizeof (asection
*));
3812 if (sections
== NULL
)
3816 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3818 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3824 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
3827 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
3829 /* Build the mapping. */
3834 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
3835 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
3837 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
3838 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
3840 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3841 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3845 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
3846 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
3847 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_X
;
3848 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
3849 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
3854 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3855 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3859 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
3867 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
3868 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
3869 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
3873 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
3875 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
3877 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
3880 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
3881 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
3882 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
3883 program headers we will need. */
3886 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
;
3888 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
3889 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
3890 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0
3891 || sections
[0]->lma
< phdr_size
3892 || sections
[0]->lma
% maxpagesize
< phdr_size
% maxpagesize
)
3893 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
3896 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
3899 bfd_boolean new_segment
;
3903 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
3906 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
3908 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
3909 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
3910 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3912 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
3914 /* If this section has a different relation between the
3915 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
3919 else if (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
3920 < BFD_ALIGN (hdr
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
3922 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
3923 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
3926 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
3927 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0)
3929 /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
3930 nonloadable section in the same segment.
3931 Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */
3934 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
3936 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
3937 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
3938 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
3939 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3942 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0
3943 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1)
3944 & ~(maxpagesize
- 1))
3945 != (hdr
->lma
& ~(maxpagesize
- 1))))
3947 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
3948 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
3949 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
3950 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
3951 only case in which the new section is not on the same
3952 page as the previous section is when the previous section
3953 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
3958 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
3959 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3964 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3967 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3968 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
))
3969 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3970 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
3976 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
3977 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
3979 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
3986 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3992 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3993 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3994 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
3998 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4001 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment. */
4002 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
)
4004 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4012 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4015 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
4022 /* For each loadable .note section, add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't
4023 use bfd_get_section_by_name, because if we link together
4024 nonloadable .note sections and loadable .note sections, we will
4025 generate two .note sections in the output file. FIXME: Using
4026 names for section types is bogus anyhow. */
4027 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4029 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4030 && strncmp (s
->name
, ".note", 5) == 0)
4032 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4033 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4037 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
4044 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4052 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
4057 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4058 amt
+= (tls_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4059 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4064 m
->count
= tls_count
;
4065 /* Mandated PF_R. */
4067 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4068 for (i
= 0; i
< tls_count
; ++i
)
4070 BFD_ASSERT (first_tls
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
);
4071 m
->sections
[i
] = first_tls
;
4072 first_tls
= first_tls
->next
;
4079 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
4081 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->eh_frame_hdr
;
4082 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
4083 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4085 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4086 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4090 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
4092 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
4098 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
)
4100 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4101 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4105 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
4106 m
->p_flags
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
;
4107 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4113 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->relro
)
4115 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4116 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4120 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
4122 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4129 elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
= mfirst
;
4132 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, info
))
4135 for (count
= 0, m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4137 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4142 if (sections
!= NULL
)
4147 /* Sort sections by address. */
4150 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
4152 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
4153 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
4154 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
4156 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
4157 place the section into a segment. */
4158 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
4160 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
4163 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
4164 the same, and this will do nothing. */
4165 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
4167 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
4170 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
4172 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
4178 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
4179 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
4180 if (sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
!= 0)
4181 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4186 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
4191 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
4192 before others at the same address. */
4194 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
4195 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
4202 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4205 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
4207 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
4208 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
4209 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
4210 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
4211 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
4214 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
4215 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
4217 /* In other words, something like:
4219 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
4220 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
4221 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
4222 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
4224 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
4226 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
4229 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
4231 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
4234 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
4235 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
4239 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
4240 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4242 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4243 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4244 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
4245 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4247 bfd_size_type maxpagesize
;
4251 if (link_info
== NULL
4252 && !elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, link_info
))
4256 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4259 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4260 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4261 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= alloc
;
4263 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4264 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4266 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
4267 == alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
);
4271 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4275 phdrs
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, alloc
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
4276 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
4281 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4282 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4284 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4285 off
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4287 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
;
4293 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
4294 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
4295 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
4296 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
4297 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
4299 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
4300 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
4301 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
4304 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
4305 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
4306 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
4307 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
4308 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. VOFF is
4309 an adjustment we use for segments that have no file contents
4310 but need zero filled memory allocation. */
4312 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
4313 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
4318 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
;
4320 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4321 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
4322 else if (m
->count
== 0)
4325 p
->p_paddr
= m
->sections
[0]->lma
;
4327 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4328 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4330 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
4331 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
4332 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
4333 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
4334 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
4335 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
4336 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
4338 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4339 maxpagesize
= m
->p_align
;
4341 p
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
4343 else if (m
->count
== 0)
4344 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
4348 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4351 bfd_size_type align
;
4353 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
4355 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4357 unsigned int secalign
;
4359 secalign
= bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, *secpp
);
4360 if (secalign
> align_power
)
4361 align_power
= secalign
;
4363 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
4365 if (align
< maxpagesize
)
4366 align
= maxpagesize
;
4368 adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (m
->sections
[0]->vma
, off
, align
);
4371 && !m
->includes_filehdr
4372 && !m
->includes_phdrs
4373 && (ufile_ptr
) off
>= align
)
4375 /* If the first section isn't loadable, the same holds for
4376 any other sections. Since the segment won't need file
4377 space, we can make p_offset overlap some prior segment.
4378 However, .tbss is special. If a segment starts with
4379 .tbss, we need to look at the next section to decide
4380 whether the segment has any loadable sections. */
4382 while ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
4383 && (m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
4385 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0
4389 voff
= adjust
- align
;
4395 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
4396 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4397 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
4399 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
4402 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
4404 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4412 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4414 if (! m
->p_flags_valid
)
4417 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4418 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4421 BFD_ASSERT (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
);
4423 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
)
4425 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4426 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
4428 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4433 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4438 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4440 if (! m
->p_flags_valid
)
4443 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
4445 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4449 BFD_ASSERT (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
);
4450 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
4451 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4452 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
4456 p
->p_filesz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4457 p
->p_memsz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4460 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4461 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
4463 if (! m
->includes_filehdr
&& ! m
->includes_phdrs
)
4464 p
->p_offset
= off
+ voff
;
4469 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
4470 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
4471 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4475 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
4476 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
4477 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
4478 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
4479 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
4480 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4484 bfd_size_type align
;
4488 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, sec
);
4490 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4491 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
4493 bfd_signed_vma adjust
;
4495 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4497 adjust
= sec
->lma
- (p
->p_paddr
+ p
->p_filesz
);
4500 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4501 (_("%B: section %A lma 0x%lx overlaps previous sections"),
4502 abfd
, sec
, (unsigned long) sec
->lma
);
4506 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
4507 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4509 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4511 else if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4512 && ((flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0
4513 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))
4515 /* The section VMA must equal the file position
4516 modulo the page size. */
4517 bfd_size_type page
= align
;
4518 if (page
< maxpagesize
)
4520 adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (sec
->vma
,
4521 p
->p_vaddr
+ p
->p_memsz
,
4523 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4527 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
4529 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
4535 p
->p_filesz
= sec
->size
;
4541 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
4550 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
4552 sec
->filepos
= off
+ voff
;
4553 /* FIXME: The SEC_HAS_CONTENTS test here dates back to
4554 1997, and the exact reason for it isn't clear. One
4555 plausible explanation is that it is to work around
4556 a problem we have with linker scripts using data
4557 statements in NOLOAD sections. I don't think it
4558 makes a great deal of sense to have such a section
4559 assigned to a PT_LOAD segment, but apparently
4560 people do this. The data statement results in a
4561 bfd_data_link_order being built, and these need
4562 section contents to write into. Eventually, we get
4563 to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents which writes any
4564 section with contents to the output. Make room
4565 here for the write, so that following segments are
4567 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4568 || (flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) != 0)
4572 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4574 p
->p_filesz
+= sec
->size
;
4575 p
->p_memsz
+= sec
->size
;
4578 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4580 else if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4581 && ((flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0
4582 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))
4583 p
->p_memsz
+= sec
->size
;
4585 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
4587 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
4589 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= sec
->map_tail
.link_order
;
4591 p
->p_memsz
+= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
4594 if (align
> p
->p_align
4595 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
4596 || (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
4600 if (! m
->p_flags_valid
)
4603 if ((flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4605 if ((flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4611 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
4615 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
4618 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
4619 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4621 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4622 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrpp
;
4623 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
4624 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
4625 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4626 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4627 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
, filehdr_paddr
;
4628 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr
, phdrs_paddr
;
4630 unsigned int num_sec
;
4634 i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4635 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
4636 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
4637 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4639 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
4640 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4643 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
4644 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0
4645 || (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
4646 && hdr
->contents
== NULL
)))
4647 hdr
->sh_offset
= hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
;
4648 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
4650 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
4651 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
4653 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
4655 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
)));
4656 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4657 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
4660 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
4662 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
4665 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
4666 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
4667 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->symtab_section
]
4668 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->symtab_shndx_section
]
4669 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->strtab_section
])
4670 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
4672 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4674 if (i
== SHN_LORESERVE
- 1)
4676 i
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
4677 hdrpp
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
4681 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
4682 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
4686 phdrs_vaddr
= bed
->maxpagesize
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4688 phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
4689 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
;
4694 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
4697 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4699 filehdr_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
4700 filehdr_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
4702 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4704 phdrs_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
4705 phdrs_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
4706 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4708 phdrs_vaddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4709 phdrs_paddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4714 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
;
4720 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
4721 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_NOTE
|| bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
))
4723 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4724 BFD_ASSERT (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
);
4726 hdr
= &elf_section_data (m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1])->this_hdr
;
4727 p
->p_filesz
= (m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1]->filepos
4728 - m
->sections
[0]->filepos
);
4729 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4730 p
->p_filesz
+= hdr
->sh_size
;
4732 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
4737 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4739 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr_vaddr
;
4740 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4741 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr_paddr
;
4743 else if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4745 p
->p_vaddr
= phdrs_vaddr
;
4746 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4747 p
->p_paddr
= phdrs_paddr
;
4749 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
4751 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
4753 for (lp
= phdrs
; lp
< phdrs
+ count
; ++lp
)
4755 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4756 && lp
->p_vaddr
<= link_info
->relro_end
4757 && lp
->p_vaddr
>= link_info
->relro_start
4758 && (lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
4759 >= link_info
->relro_end
))
4763 if (lp
< phdrs
+ count
4764 && link_info
->relro_end
> lp
->p_vaddr
)
4766 p
->p_vaddr
= lp
->p_vaddr
;
4767 p
->p_paddr
= lp
->p_paddr
;
4768 p
->p_offset
= lp
->p_offset
;
4769 p
->p_filesz
= link_info
->relro_end
- lp
->p_vaddr
;
4770 p
->p_memsz
= p
->p_filesz
;
4772 p
->p_flags
= (lp
->p_flags
& ~PF_W
);
4776 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
4777 p
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
4783 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
4788 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
4789 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
4790 VMAs must be known before this is called.
4792 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
4793 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
4794 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
4795 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
4796 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
4797 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
4798 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
4800 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
4803 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
4804 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4806 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
4807 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
4809 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4811 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
4812 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
4814 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4815 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
4816 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
4819 /* Start after the ELF header. */
4820 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
4822 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
4823 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
4824 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
4825 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4827 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4830 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
4831 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
4832 || i
== tdata
->symtab_section
4833 || i
== tdata
->symtab_shndx_section
4834 || i
== tdata
->strtab_section
)
4836 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
4839 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4841 if (i
== SHN_LORESERVE
- 1)
4843 i
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
4844 hdrpp
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
4852 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
4853 assignment of sections to segments. */
4854 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
4857 /* And for non-load sections. */
4858 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
4861 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
!= NULL
)
4863 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
))
4867 /* Write out the program headers. */
4868 alloc
= tdata
->program_header_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4869 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, (bfd_signed_vma
) bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4870 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
) != 0)
4873 off
= tdata
->next_file_pos
;
4876 /* Place the section headers. */
4877 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
4878 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
4879 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
4881 tdata
->next_file_pos
= off
;
4887 prep_headers (bfd
*abfd
)
4889 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form */
4890 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*i_phdrp
= 0; /* Program header table, internal form */
4891 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
; /* Section header table, internal form */
4892 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
4893 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4895 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
4896 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4898 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
4899 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
4902 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
4904 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
4905 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
4906 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
4907 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
4909 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
4910 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
4911 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
4912 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
4914 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4915 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
4916 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
4917 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
4918 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
4919 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
4921 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
4923 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
4925 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
4926 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
4929 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
4930 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
4931 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
4932 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
4933 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
4934 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
4935 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
4936 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
4938 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
4941 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
4942 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4944 /* No program header, for now. */
4945 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
4946 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
4947 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
4949 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
4950 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
4951 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
4953 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
4954 if (abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
)
4955 /* It all happens later. */
4959 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
4961 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
4964 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
4965 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", FALSE
);
4966 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
4967 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", FALSE
);
4968 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
4969 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", FALSE
);
4970 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
4971 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
4972 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
4978 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
4979 of the loadable file image. */
4982 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd
*abfd
)
4985 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
4986 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
;
4988 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
4990 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
4991 for (i
= 1, shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, shdrpp
++)
4993 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
4996 if ((shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
4997 && shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
4998 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, TRUE
);
5001 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
5005 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
5007 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5008 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
5009 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
5011 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
5013 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
5014 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
5017 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5018 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
5021 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
5025 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd
);
5027 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
5028 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5029 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
5031 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
5032 (*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]);
5033 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
5035 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
5037 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5038 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
5041 if (count
== SHN_LORESERVE
- 1)
5042 count
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
5045 /* Write out the section header names. */
5046 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
5047 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5048 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
5051 if (bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
)
5052 (*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
,
5053 elf_tdata (abfd
)->linker
);
5055 return bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
);
5059 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
5061 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
5062 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
5065 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
5068 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
5070 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5073 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
5074 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
5075 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
5077 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
5079 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
5081 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
5086 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5087 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
5091 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
5096 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
5101 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
5105 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
5107 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
5109 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
5111 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
5112 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
5113 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
5114 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
5115 input sections rather than the output section. */
5116 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
5117 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
5118 && asym_ptr
->section
)
5123 sec
= asym_ptr
->section
;
5124 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
&& sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5125 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
5126 if (sec
->owner
== abfd
5127 && (indx
= sec
->index
) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
5128 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
] != NULL
)
5129 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
]->udata
.i
;
5132 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
5136 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
5137 which is used in a relocation entry. */
5138 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5139 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
5140 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
5141 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
5148 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx%s\n",
5149 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, flags
,
5150 elf_symbol_flags (flags
));
5158 /* Rewrite program header information. */
5161 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5163 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
5164 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
5165 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
5166 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
5167 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
5170 unsigned int num_segments
;
5171 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
5172 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
5173 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
5174 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
5175 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5177 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
5178 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
5181 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
5183 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
5184 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
5186 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
5187 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
5188 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
5189 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
5191 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
5192 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5193 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
5194 ? section->size : 0)
5196 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5197 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
5198 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
5199 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
5200 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5201 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
5203 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5204 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
5205 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
5206 (section->lma >= base \
5207 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5208 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
5210 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo etc. */
5211 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
5212 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
5213 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
5214 && s->vma == 0 && s->lma == 0 \
5215 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5216 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5217 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5219 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
5220 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
5221 p_memsz set to 0. */
5222 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
5224 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
5225 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
5226 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
5227 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
5229 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5230 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5231 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5233 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
5234 A section will be included if:
5235 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
5236 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
5237 2. It is an allocated segment,
5238 3. There is an output section associated with it,
5239 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
5240 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
5241 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
5242 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
5243 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
5244 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
5245 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5246 ((((segment->p_paddr \
5247 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
5248 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
5249 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
5250 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)) \
5251 && section->output_section != NULL \
5252 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
5253 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
5254 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5255 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
5256 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
5257 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
5258 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
5259 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
5260 || (segment->p_paddr \
5261 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
5262 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
5263 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
5265 && ! section->segment_mark)
5267 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
5268 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
5269 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
5271 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
5272 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
5273 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
5274 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
5275 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
5277 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
5278 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
5279 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
5280 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
5281 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
5283 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
5284 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
5285 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
5287 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
5288 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
5289 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
5290 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
5291 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5296 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
5298 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
5299 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
5300 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
5302 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
5303 assignment code will work. */
5304 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
;
5308 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5311 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
5312 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
5314 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
5316 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5317 || ! SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
5320 /* Merge the two segments together. */
5321 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
5323 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
5326 SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
5327 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
);
5329 if (extra_length
> 0)
5331 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
5332 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
5335 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5337 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
5339 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5344 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
5347 SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
5348 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
);
5350 if (extra_length
> 0)
5352 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
5353 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
5356 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5361 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
5362 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5366 unsigned int section_count
;
5367 asection
** sections
;
5368 asection
* output_section
;
5370 bfd_vma matching_lma
;
5371 bfd_vma suggested_lma
;
5375 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5378 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
5379 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
5381 section
= section
->next
)
5382 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
5385 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5386 all of the sections we have selected. */
5387 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5388 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5389 map
= bfd_alloc (obfd
, amt
);
5393 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
5394 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
5396 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5397 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5398 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5399 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
5400 map
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
5402 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5403 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5404 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
5405 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
5407 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
5409 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5411 map
->includes_phdrs
=
5412 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5413 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
5414 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5415 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
5417 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
5418 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
5421 if (section_count
== 0)
5423 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
5424 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
5425 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
5426 a warning is produced. */
5427 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5428 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5429 (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment detected, is this intentional ?\n"),
5433 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5434 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5439 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
5440 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
5441 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
5442 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
5444 1. None of the sections have been moved.
5445 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
5448 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
5449 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5450 of the first section.
5452 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
5453 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
5454 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
5455 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
5456 have to be created to contain the other sections.
5458 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
5459 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5460 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
5461 or segments to contain the other sections.
5463 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
5464 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
5465 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
5467 /* Gcc 2.96 miscompiles this code on mips. Don't do casting here
5468 to work around this long long bug. */
5469 sections
= bfd_malloc2 (section_count
, sizeof (asection
*));
5470 if (sections
== NULL
)
5473 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
5474 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
5475 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
5476 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
5477 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
5483 for (j
= 0, section
= ibfd
->sections
;
5485 section
= section
->next
)
5487 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
5489 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
5491 sections
[j
++] = section
;
5493 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
5494 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
5495 correct value. Note - some backends require that
5496 p_paddr be left as zero. */
5497 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
5498 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
5499 && (! bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
5501 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
5502 && (output_section
->vma
== (segment
->p_vaddr
5503 + (map
->includes_filehdr
5506 + (map
->includes_phdrs
5508 * iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
5510 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
5512 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
5513 LMA address of the output section. */
5514 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
5515 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
5516 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
&&
5517 IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
))
5520 if (matching_lma
== 0)
5521 matching_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5523 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
5524 then it does not overlap any other section within that
5526 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
5528 else if (suggested_lma
== 0)
5529 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5533 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
5535 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
5537 if (isec
== section_count
)
5539 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
5540 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
5541 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
5542 program header in the input BFD. */
5543 map
->count
= section_count
;
5544 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5545 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5552 if (matching_lma
!= 0)
5554 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
5555 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
5556 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
5557 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
;
5561 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
5562 Change the current segment's physical address to match
5563 the LMA of the first section. */
5564 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
5567 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
5568 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
5569 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
5570 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
5572 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
5574 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
5576 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
5577 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
5578 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
5579 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
5580 offset when we know the correct value. */
5581 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
5582 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
5586 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
5587 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
5588 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
5589 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
5590 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
5591 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
5599 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
5600 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
5602 section
= sections
[j
];
5604 if (section
== NULL
)
5607 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
5609 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
5611 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
5612 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
5614 if (map
->count
== 0)
5616 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
5617 the beginning of the segment, then something is
5619 if (output_section
->lma
!=
5621 + (map
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
5622 + (map
->includes_phdrs
5623 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
5629 asection
* prev_sec
;
5631 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
5633 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
5634 and the start of this section is more than
5635 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
5636 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
5638 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
5639 || ((prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
)
5640 > output_section
->lma
))
5642 if (suggested_lma
== 0)
5643 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5649 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
5652 section
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
5654 else if (suggested_lma
== 0)
5655 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5658 BFD_ASSERT (map
->count
> 0);
5660 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
5661 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5662 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5664 if (isec
< section_count
)
5666 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
5667 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
5668 and carry on looping. */
5669 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5670 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5671 map
= bfd_alloc (obfd
, amt
);
5678 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
5679 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
5680 not yet been assigned. */
5682 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5683 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5684 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5685 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
5686 map
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
5687 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
5688 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
5691 while (isec
< section_count
);
5696 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
5697 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
5698 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
5699 reset the p_paddr_valid fields. */
5700 for (map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
5701 if (map
->p_paddr
!= 0)
5704 for (map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
5705 map
->p_paddr_valid
= 0;
5707 elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
= map_first
;
5709 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
5710 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
5711 the offset if necessary. */
5712 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
5716 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
5719 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
5720 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
5721 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
5726 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
5727 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
5728 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
5729 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
5730 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
5731 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
5732 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
5736 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
5739 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5741 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
5742 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
5743 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
5744 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
5745 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
5747 unsigned int num_segments
;
5748 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
5750 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
5753 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
5755 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
5756 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5761 unsigned int section_count
;
5763 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5765 /* FIXME: Do we need to copy PT_NULL segment? */
5766 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5769 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
5770 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
5772 section
= section
->next
)
5774 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
5775 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr
, segment
))
5779 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5780 all of the sections we have selected. */
5781 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5782 if (section_count
!= 0)
5783 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5784 map
= bfd_alloc (obfd
, amt
);
5788 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
5791 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5792 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5793 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5794 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
5795 map
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
5796 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
5797 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
5799 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5800 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5801 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
5802 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
5804 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
5805 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5807 map
->includes_phdrs
=
5808 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5809 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
5810 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5811 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
5813 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
5814 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
5817 if (section_count
!= 0)
5819 unsigned int isec
= 0;
5821 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
5823 section
= section
->next
)
5825 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
5826 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr
, segment
))
5827 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
5831 map
->count
= section_count
;
5832 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5833 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5836 elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
= map_first
;
5840 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
5844 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5846 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5847 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
5850 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
5853 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
5855 /* Check if any sections in the input BFD covered by ELF program
5856 header are changed. */
5857 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
5858 asection
*section
, *osec
;
5859 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
5860 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5862 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
5863 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
5864 section
= section
->next
)
5865 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
5867 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
5868 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5872 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
5873 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
5875 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
5876 from the input BFD. */
5877 osec
= section
->output_section
;
5879 osec
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
5881 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
5882 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
5883 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr
, segment
))
5885 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
5886 removed. What else do we need to check? */
5888 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
5889 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
5890 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
5891 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
5892 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
5893 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
5899 /* Check to see if any output section doesn't come from the
5901 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
5902 section
= section
->next
)
5904 if (section
->segment_mark
== FALSE
)
5907 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
5910 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
5914 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
5917 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
5920 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
5924 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5927 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
5928 bfd_boolean need_group
= link_info
== NULL
|| link_info
->relocatable
;
5930 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
5931 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
5934 /* Don't copy the output ELF section type from input if the
5935 output BFD section flags have been set to something different.
5936 elf_fake_sections will set ELF section type based on BFD
5938 if (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
5939 || (osec
->flags
== 0 && elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
))
5940 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
5942 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
5943 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
5944 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
5945 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
5948 if (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
5949 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
5951 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
5952 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
5953 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
5954 elf_group_name (osec
) = elf_group_name (isec
);
5958 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
5960 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
5961 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
5962 may be NULL at this point. */
5963 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
5965 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
5966 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
5967 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
5970 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
5975 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
5976 field, and sometimes the info field. */
5979 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
5984 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
5986 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
5987 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
5990 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
5991 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
5993 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
5995 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
5996 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
5997 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
5998 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
5999 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
6001 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
6005 /* Copy private header information. */
6008 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6010 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6011 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6014 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
6015 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
6016 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
6017 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
6018 already been worked out. */
6019 if (elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
== NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
6021 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
6028 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
6029 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
6030 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
6031 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
6032 swap_out_syms function. */
6034 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
6035 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
6036 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
6037 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
6038 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
6041 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6046 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
6048 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6049 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6052 isym
= elf_symbol_from (ibfd
, isymarg
);
6053 osym
= elf_symbol_from (obfd
, osymarg
);
6057 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
6061 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
6062 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
6063 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
6064 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
6065 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
6066 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->strtab_section
)
6068 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->shstrtab_section
)
6069 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
6070 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_shndx_section
)
6071 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
6072 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
6078 /* Swap out the symbols. */
6081 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
6082 struct bfd_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
6085 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6088 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*stt
;
6089 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6090 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
6091 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
6092 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
6093 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
6096 bfd_boolean name_local_sections
;
6098 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
))
6101 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
6102 stt
= _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
6106 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6107 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
6108 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6109 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
6110 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6111 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
6112 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_num_locals (abfd
) + 1;
6113 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
6115 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
6116 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
6118 outbound_syms
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
, bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
6119 if (outbound_syms
== NULL
)
6121 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6124 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
6126 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
6127 symtab_shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
6128 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
6130 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (1 + symcount
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6131 outbound_shndx
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
,
6132 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
6133 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
6135 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6139 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
6140 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
6141 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
6142 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6143 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6146 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
6148 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
6149 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6155 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6156 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, outbound_syms
, outbound_shndx
);
6157 outbound_syms
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6158 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
6159 outbound_shndx
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6163 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
6164 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
6166 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
6167 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
6169 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6170 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
6171 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
6172 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
6175 if (!name_local_sections
6176 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6178 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
6183 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt
,
6186 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
6188 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6193 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, syms
[idx
]);
6195 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
6196 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6198 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
6199 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
6200 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
6201 sym
.st_size
= value
;
6202 if (type_ptr
== NULL
6203 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
6204 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
6206 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
6207 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
6208 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
6212 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
6215 if (sec
->output_section
)
6217 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
6218 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
6221 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
6222 if (! relocatable_p
)
6224 sym
.st_value
= value
;
6225 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
6227 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
6229 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
6231 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
6232 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
6233 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
6234 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
6238 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
6241 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
6244 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_section
;
6247 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_section
;
6250 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_section
;
6258 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
6264 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
6265 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
6266 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
6267 demand of applications. For example, it
6268 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
6269 section of a symbol to be a section that is
6270 actually in the output file. */
6271 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
6274 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6275 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
6276 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
6278 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6279 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6283 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
6284 BFD_ASSERT (shndx
!= -1);
6288 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
6291 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
6293 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
6295 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
6300 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
6303 /* Processor-specific types. */
6304 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
6305 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
6306 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
6307 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
6309 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6311 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
6312 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6314 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6316 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6317 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
6318 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6319 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
6323 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
6324 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
6327 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
6329 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
6331 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
6333 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
6336 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
6339 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
6340 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
6344 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, outbound_syms
, outbound_shndx
);
6345 outbound_syms
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6346 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
6347 outbound_shndx
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6351 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_stringtab_size (stt
);
6352 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
6354 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
6355 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
6356 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
6357 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
6358 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
6359 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
6364 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
6366 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
6367 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
6368 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
6371 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6375 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6377 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6378 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
6380 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
6386 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6390 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
6392 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6394 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6398 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6399 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
6401 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
6407 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6410 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1) * sizeof (arelent
*);
6413 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
6416 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
6423 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6425 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, FALSE
))
6428 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
6429 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
6430 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
6434 return section
->reloc_count
;
6438 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
6440 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6441 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, FALSE
);
6444 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
6449 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
6450 asymbol
**allocation
)
6452 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6453 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, TRUE
);
6456 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
6460 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
6461 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
6462 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
6463 dynamic reloc section. */
6466 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6471 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6473 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6477 ret
= sizeof (arelent
*);
6478 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6479 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
6480 && elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
6481 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
6482 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
6483 ret
+= ((s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
)
6484 * sizeof (arelent
*));
6489 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
6490 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
6491 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
6492 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
6493 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
6494 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
6495 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
6498 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
6502 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
6506 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6508 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6512 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
6514 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6516 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
6517 && elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
6518 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
6519 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
6524 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, TRUE
))
6526 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
6528 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
6539 /* Read in the version information. */
6542 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver
)
6544 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
6545 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
6547 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
6549 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6550 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
6551 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
6553 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
6555 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
6557 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
,
6558 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
));
6559 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
6562 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= hdr
->sh_info
;
6564 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
6565 if (contents
== NULL
)
6567 error_return_verref
:
6568 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
6569 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
6572 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6573 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
6574 goto error_return_verref
;
6576 if (hdr
->sh_info
&& hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
6577 goto error_return_verref
;
6579 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
6580 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
6581 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6582 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
6583 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
6584 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
6586 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
6587 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
6590 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
6592 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
6594 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
6595 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
6597 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
6598 goto error_return_verref
;
6600 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
6601 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
6604 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
6605 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
));
6606 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
6607 goto error_return_verref
;
6610 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
6611 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
6612 goto error_return_verref
;
6614 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
6615 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
6616 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
6617 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
6619 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
6621 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
6622 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
6623 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
6624 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
6625 goto error_return_verref
;
6627 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
6628 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
6630 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
6632 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
6633 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
6634 goto error_return_verref
;
6636 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
6637 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
6639 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
6640 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
6643 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
6644 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
6646 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
6648 if (iverneed
->vn_next
6649 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
6650 goto error_return_verref
;
6652 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
6653 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
6660 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
6662 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6663 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
6664 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
6665 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
6666 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
6668 unsigned int maxidx
;
6669 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
6671 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
6673 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
6674 if (contents
== NULL
)
6676 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6677 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
6680 if (hdr
->sh_info
&& hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
6683 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6684 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6685 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
6686 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6687 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
6688 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6690 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
6691 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
6693 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
6695 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
6697 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
6699 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
6700 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
6702 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
6703 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
6706 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
6707 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
6710 if (default_imported_symver
)
6712 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
6717 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, maxidx
,
6718 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
6719 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
6722 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
6724 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
6725 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
6726 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
6728 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
6729 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
6732 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
6734 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
6736 error_return_verdef
:
6737 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
6738 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
6742 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
6743 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
6745 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
6747 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
6748 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
6751 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
6752 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
6753 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
6754 goto error_return_verdef
;
6758 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
6759 goto error_return_verdef
;
6761 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
6762 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
6763 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
6764 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
6766 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
6768 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
6769 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
6770 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
6771 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
6772 goto error_return_verdef
;
6774 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
6775 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
6777 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
6779 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
6780 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
6781 goto error_return_verdef
;
6783 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
6784 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
6787 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
6788 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
6790 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
6791 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
6793 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
6795 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
6796 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
6802 else if (default_imported_symver
)
6809 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, freeidx
,
6810 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
6811 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
6814 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
6817 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
6818 if (default_imported_symver
)
6820 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
6821 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
6823 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];;
6825 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6826 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
6827 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
6828 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
6830 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
6832 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
6833 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
6834 goto error_return_verdef
;
6835 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
6836 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
6837 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
6838 goto error_return_verdef
;
6840 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
6841 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
6842 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
6848 if (contents
!= NULL
)
6854 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
6856 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
6857 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (elf_symbol_type
);
6859 newsym
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
6864 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
6865 return &newsym
->symbol
;
6870 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6874 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
6877 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
6878 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
6882 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6885 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
6886 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
6889 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
6890 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
6891 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
6894 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
6895 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
6896 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
6897 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
6898 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
6899 we treat such symbols as local. */
6900 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
6907 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6908 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
6915 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
6916 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
6917 unsigned long machine
)
6919 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
6920 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
6921 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
6922 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
6923 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
6926 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
6929 /* Find the function to a particular section and offset,
6930 for error reporting. */
6933 elf_find_function (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6937 const char **filename_ptr
,
6938 const char **functionname_ptr
)
6940 const char *filename
;
6941 asymbol
*func
, *file
;
6944 /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably
6945 choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are
6946 local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any
6947 global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a
6948 file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently
6949 ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to
6950 make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring
6951 file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */
6952 enum { nothing_seen
, symbol_seen
, file_after_symbol_seen
} state
;
6958 state
= nothing_seen
;
6960 for (p
= symbols
; *p
!= NULL
; p
++)
6964 q
= (elf_symbol_type
*) *p
;
6966 switch (ELF_ST_TYPE (q
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
))
6972 if (state
== symbol_seen
)
6973 state
= file_after_symbol_seen
;
6977 if (bfd_get_section (&q
->symbol
) == section
6978 && q
->symbol
.value
>= low_func
6979 && q
->symbol
.value
<= offset
)
6981 func
= (asymbol
*) q
;
6982 low_func
= q
->symbol
.value
;
6985 && (ELF_ST_BIND (q
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
6986 || state
!= file_after_symbol_seen
))
6987 filename
= bfd_asymbol_name (file
);
6991 if (state
== nothing_seen
)
6992 state
= symbol_seen
;
6999 *filename_ptr
= filename
;
7000 if (functionname_ptr
)
7001 *functionname_ptr
= bfd_asymbol_name (func
);
7006 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
7007 for error reporting. */
7010 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
7014 const char **filename_ptr
,
7015 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7016 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7020 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7021 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7024 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
7025 elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7026 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
7032 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7033 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7035 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
7037 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
7038 elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7039 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
7045 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
7046 &found
, filename_ptr
,
7047 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7048 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
7050 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
7053 if (symbols
== NULL
)
7056 if (! elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7057 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
7064 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
7067 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
7068 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7070 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
,
7071 filename_ptr
, line_ptr
, 0,
7072 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7075 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
7076 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
7077 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
7078 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
7079 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
7082 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
7083 const char **filename_ptr
,
7084 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7085 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7088 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
7089 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7090 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7095 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7097 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7098 int ret
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
7100 if (!info
->relocatable
)
7102 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
;
7104 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
7106 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
7109 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
7110 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
7113 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
7116 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= phdr_size
;
7124 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
7126 const void *location
,
7128 bfd_size_type count
)
7130 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7133 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
7134 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
7137 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
7138 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
7139 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
7140 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
7147 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7148 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7149 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7154 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
7157 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
7159 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
7161 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
7163 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
7164 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7166 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
7167 equivalent ELF reloc. */
7169 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
7171 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
7174 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
7177 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
7180 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
7183 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
7186 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
7189 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
7195 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
7197 if (areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
7199 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
7200 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
7202 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
7207 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
7213 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
7216 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
7219 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
7222 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
7225 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
7231 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
7235 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
7243 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7244 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
7245 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
7246 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7251 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
7253 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7255 if (elf_tdata (abfd
) != NULL
&& elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
7256 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
7257 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
);
7260 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
7263 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
7264 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
7265 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
7268 bfd_reloc_status_type
7269 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
7270 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7271 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7272 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7273 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7275 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
7278 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
7279 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
7280 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
7281 out details about the corefile. */
7283 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
7284 # include <sys/procfs.h>
7287 /* FIXME: this is kinda wrong, but it's what gdb wants. */
7290 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
7292 return ((elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
<< 16)
7293 + (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
));
7296 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
7297 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
7298 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
7302 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
7306 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
7309 sect2
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, name
, sect
->flags
);
7313 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
7314 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
7315 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
7319 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
7320 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
7321 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
7322 such a section already exists.
7323 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
7324 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
7325 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
7327 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
7333 char *threaded_name
;
7337 /* Build the section name. */
7339 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
7340 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7341 threaded_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7342 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
7344 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
7346 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, threaded_name
,
7351 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
7352 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7354 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
7357 /* prstatus_t exists on:
7359 linux 2.[01] + glibc
7363 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7366 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7371 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
7375 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
7376 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
7377 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
7379 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7380 has already been set by another thread. */
7381 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
== 0)
7382 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
7383 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
7385 /* pr_who exists on:
7388 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7391 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
7392 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
7395 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
7396 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
7398 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7399 prstatus32_t prstat
;
7401 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
7402 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
7403 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
7405 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7406 has already been set by another thread. */
7407 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
== 0)
7408 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
7409 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
7411 /* pr_who exists on:
7414 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7417 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
7418 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
7421 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
7424 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7425 note size (ie. data object type). */
7429 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
7430 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
7431 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
7433 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
7435 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
7437 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
7439 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7441 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
7442 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
7445 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
7446 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
7447 data structure apart. */
7450 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7452 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
7455 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
7456 type of 5 (NT_PRXFPREG). Just include the whole note's contents
7460 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7462 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
7465 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
7466 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
7467 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7468 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
7472 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7473 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
7474 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7475 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
7479 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
7480 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
7481 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
7484 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
7487 char *end
= memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
7495 dups
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
7499 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
7505 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7507 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7509 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
7511 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
7513 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
7515 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_program
7516 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
7517 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
7519 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
7520 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
7521 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
7523 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
7524 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
7526 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7527 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
7529 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
7531 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_program
7532 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
7533 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
7535 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
7536 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
7537 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
7543 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7544 note size (ie. data object type). */
7548 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
7549 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
7550 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
7553 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
;
7554 int n
= strlen (command
);
7556 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
7557 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
7562 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
7564 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7566 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7568 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
7569 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
7570 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
7576 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
7578 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
7580 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
7581 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
7583 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7586 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
7588 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
7591 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
7592 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
7593 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
7597 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
7599 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7601 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7603 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
7609 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
7610 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
7611 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
7616 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
7618 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
7619 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
7621 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7623 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
7624 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7625 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7628 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
7630 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7634 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7635 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
7636 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
7637 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
7640 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
7641 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
7642 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
7645 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7647 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
7650 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
7652 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
7653 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7654 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7657 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
7659 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7663 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7664 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
7665 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
7666 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
7669 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
7670 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
7671 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
7674 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7676 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
7678 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
7680 #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T)
7682 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7688 win32_pstatus_t pstatus
;
7690 if (note
->descsz
< sizeof (pstatus
))
7693 memcpy (&pstatus
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstatus
));
7695 switch (pstatus
.data_type
)
7697 case NOTE_INFO_PROCESS
:
7698 /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */
7699 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= pstatus
.data
.process_info
.signal
;
7700 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= pstatus
.data
.process_info
.pid
;
7703 case NOTE_INFO_THREAD
:
7704 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7705 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) pstatus
.data
.thread_info
.tid
);
7707 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7708 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7712 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
7714 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7718 sect
->size
= sizeof (pstatus
.data
.thread_info
.thread_context
);
7719 sect
->filepos
= (note
->descpos
7720 + offsetof (struct win32_pstatus
,
7721 data
.thread_info
.thread_context
));
7722 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7724 if (pstatus
.data
.thread_info
.is_active_thread
)
7725 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
7729 case NOTE_INFO_MODULE
:
7730 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
7731 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx",
7732 (long) pstatus
.data
.module_info
.base_address
);
7734 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7735 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7739 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
7741 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7746 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
7747 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
7748 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7757 #endif /* HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T */
7760 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7762 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7770 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
7771 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
7773 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7774 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
7779 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7781 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
7784 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7786 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
7789 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
7790 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
7792 #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T)
7793 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
7794 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
7797 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
7798 if (note
->namesz
== 6
7799 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
7800 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
7806 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
7807 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
7809 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7810 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
7817 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
7822 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
7823 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
7824 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
7832 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
7836 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
7839 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
7846 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7849 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
7850 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
7851 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
7853 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
7854 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
7855 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
7857 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
7858 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
7859 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
7861 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
7866 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7870 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
7871 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= lwp
;
7873 if (note
->type
== NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
)
7875 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
7876 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
7877 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
7878 creates a core file. */
7880 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
7883 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
7884 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
7885 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
7888 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
7892 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
7894 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
7895 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
7897 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
7898 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
7901 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
7902 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
7904 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
7905 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
7911 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
7912 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
7917 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
7918 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
7920 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
7921 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
7931 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, long *tid
)
7933 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
7940 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
7941 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
7943 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
7944 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
7946 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
7947 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
7949 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
7950 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
7952 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= sig
;
7953 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= *tid
;
7956 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
7957 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
7958 thread just in case. */
7959 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
7960 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= *tid
;
7962 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
7963 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid
);
7965 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
7970 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7974 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
7975 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
7976 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7978 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
7982 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
7983 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
7991 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
7992 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, tid
);
7994 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
7999 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8003 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8004 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8005 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8007 /* This is the current thread. */
8008 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
== tid
)
8009 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
8014 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
8015 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
8016 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
8017 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
8020 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8022 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
8023 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
8025 static long tid
= 1;
8029 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
8030 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
8031 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
8032 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
8033 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
8034 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
8035 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
8036 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
8042 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
8049 size of data for note
8052 End of buffer containing note. */
8055 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
8063 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
8073 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8075 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
8076 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8077 pad
= -namesz
& ((1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
) - 1);
8080 newspace
= 12 + namesz
+ pad
+ size
;
8082 p
= realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
8084 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
8085 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
8086 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
8087 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
8088 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
8092 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
8100 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
8104 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8106 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
8113 char *note_name
= "CORE";
8115 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8117 note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
8120 note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
8123 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
8124 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
8125 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
8126 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8127 note_name
, note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
8129 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
8131 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8133 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
8141 char *note_name
= "CORE";
8143 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
8144 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
8145 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
8146 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
8147 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8148 note_name
, NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
8150 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
8152 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8154 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
8161 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
8162 char *note_name
= "CORE";
8164 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
8165 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
8166 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
8167 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
8168 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
8169 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8171 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
8172 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
8174 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
8175 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
8178 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
8179 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
8181 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
8183 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8185 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
8189 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8190 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8193 char *note_name
= "CORE";
8195 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
8196 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
8197 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
8198 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
8201 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
8204 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
8210 char *note_name
= "CORE";
8211 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8212 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
8216 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
8219 const void *xfpregs
,
8222 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
8223 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8224 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
8228 elfcore_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
)
8236 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
8239 buf
= bfd_malloc (size
);
8243 if (bfd_bread (buf
, size
, abfd
) != size
)
8251 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
8253 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
8254 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
8255 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
8257 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
8259 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
8260 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
8262 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
8263 in
.descdata
= in
.namedata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.namesz
, 4);
8264 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
8266 if (strncmp (in
.namedata
, "NetBSD-CORE", 11) == 0)
8268 if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd
, &in
))
8271 else if (strncmp (in
.namedata
, "QNX", 3) == 0)
8273 if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd
, &in
))
8278 if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd
, &in
))
8282 p
= in
.descdata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.descsz
, 4);
8289 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
8291 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
8292 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
8293 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
8296 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8298 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8300 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
8304 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
8307 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
8308 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
8309 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
8310 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
8312 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
8313 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
8316 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
8320 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8322 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
8326 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
8327 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
8328 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
8334 _bfd_elf_sprintf_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char *buf
, bfd_vma value
)
8337 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form */
8339 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
8340 if (i_ehdrp
== NULL
)
8341 sprintf_vma (buf
, value
);
8344 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
8346 #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
8347 sprintf (buf
, "%016lx", value
);
8349 sprintf (buf
, "%08lx%08lx", _bfd_int64_high (value
),
8350 _bfd_int64_low (value
));
8354 sprintf (buf
, "%08lx", (unsigned long) (value
& 0xffffffff));
8357 sprintf_vma (buf
, value
);
8362 _bfd_elf_fprintf_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *stream
, bfd_vma value
)
8365 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form */
8367 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
8368 if (i_ehdrp
== NULL
)
8369 fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream
, value
);
8372 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
8374 #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
8375 fprintf ((FILE *) stream
, "%016lx", value
);
8377 fprintf ((FILE *) stream
, "%08lx%08lx",
8378 _bfd_int64_high (value
), _bfd_int64_low (value
));
8382 fprintf ((FILE *) stream
, "%08lx",
8383 (unsigned long) (value
& 0xffffffff));
8386 fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream
, value
);
8390 enum elf_reloc_type_class
8391 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8393 return reloc_class_normal
;
8396 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
8397 relocation against a local symbol. */
8400 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
8401 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
8403 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
8405 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
8408 relocation
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
8409 + sec
->output_offset
8411 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
8412 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
8413 && sec
->sec_info_type
== ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
8416 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
8417 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
8418 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
8421 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
8422 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
8423 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
8424 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
8425 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
8426 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
8427 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
8430 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
8431 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
8437 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
8438 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
8442 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
8444 if (sec
->sec_info_type
!= ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
8445 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
8447 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
8448 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
8449 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
8453 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
8454 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8458 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
8460 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
8461 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
8463 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
8464 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
8470 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
8471 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
8472 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
8473 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
8474 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
8475 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
8477 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
8478 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
8479 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
8480 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
8481 the remote memory. */
8484 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
8488 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, int))
8490 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
8491 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
8495 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
8496 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8497 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8502 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8505 const char *relplt_name
;
8506 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
8510 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8516 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
8519 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
8522 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
8525 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
8526 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
8527 relplt_name
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
8528 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
8532 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
8533 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8534 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
8537 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
8541 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
8542 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
8545 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
8546 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
8547 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
8548 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, s
++, p
++)
8549 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
8551 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
8555 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
8556 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
8558 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, s
++, p
++)
8563 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
8564 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
8567 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
8568 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
8569 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
8570 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
8571 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
8573 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
8575 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
8576 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
8578 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
8579 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
8586 /* Sort symbol by binding and section. We want to put definitions
8587 sorted by section at the beginning. */
8590 elf_sort_elf_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
8592 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s1
;
8593 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s2
;
8596 /* Make sure that undefined symbols are at the end. */
8597 s1
= (const Elf_Internal_Sym
*) arg1
;
8598 if (s1
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
8600 s2
= (const Elf_Internal_Sym
*) arg2
;
8601 if (s2
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
8604 /* Sorted by section index. */
8605 shndx
= s1
->st_shndx
- s2
->st_shndx
;
8609 /* Sorted by binding. */
8610 return ELF_ST_BIND (s1
->st_info
) - ELF_ST_BIND (s2
->st_info
);
8615 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8620 elf_sym_name_compare (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
8622 const struct elf_symbol
*s1
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg1
;
8623 const struct elf_symbol
*s2
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg2
;
8624 return strcmp (s1
->name
, s2
->name
);
8627 /* Check if 2 sections define the same set of local and global
8631 bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (asection
*sec1
, asection
*sec2
)
8634 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed1
, *bed2
;
8635 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr1
, *hdr2
;
8636 bfd_size_type symcount1
, symcount2
;
8637 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf1
, *isymbuf2
;
8638 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymstart1
= NULL
, *isymstart2
= NULL
, *isym
;
8639 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
8640 struct elf_symbol
*symp
, *symtable1
= NULL
, *symtable2
= NULL
;
8641 bfd_size_type count1
, count2
, i
;
8648 /* If both are .gnu.linkonce sections, they have to have the same
8650 if (strncmp (sec1
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce",
8651 sizeof ".gnu.linkonce" - 1) == 0
8652 && strncmp (sec2
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce",
8653 sizeof ".gnu.linkonce" - 1) == 0)
8654 return strcmp (sec1
->name
+ sizeof ".gnu.linkonce",
8655 sec2
->name
+ sizeof ".gnu.linkonce") == 0;
8657 /* Both sections have to be in ELF. */
8658 if (bfd_get_flavour (bfd1
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8659 || bfd_get_flavour (bfd2
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8662 if (elf_section_type (sec1
) != elf_section_type (sec2
))
8665 if ((elf_section_flags (sec1
) & SHF_GROUP
) != 0
8666 && (elf_section_flags (sec2
) & SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
8668 /* If both are members of section groups, they have to have the
8670 if (strcmp (elf_group_name (sec1
), elf_group_name (sec2
)) != 0)
8674 shndx1
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd1
, sec1
);
8675 shndx2
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd2
, sec2
);
8676 if (shndx1
== -1 || shndx2
== -1)
8679 bed1
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd1
);
8680 bed2
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd2
);
8681 hdr1
= &elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symtab_hdr
;
8682 symcount1
= hdr1
->sh_size
/ bed1
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8683 hdr2
= &elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symtab_hdr
;
8684 symcount2
= hdr2
->sh_size
/ bed2
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8686 if (symcount1
== 0 || symcount2
== 0)
8689 isymbuf1
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd1
, hdr1
, symcount1
, 0,
8691 isymbuf2
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd2
, hdr2
, symcount2
, 0,
8695 if (isymbuf1
== NULL
|| isymbuf2
== NULL
)
8698 /* Sort symbols by binding and section. Global definitions are at
8700 qsort (isymbuf1
, symcount1
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
),
8701 elf_sort_elf_symbol
);
8702 qsort (isymbuf2
, symcount2
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
),
8703 elf_sort_elf_symbol
);
8705 /* Count definitions in the section. */
8707 for (isym
= isymbuf1
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount1
;
8708 isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8710 if (isym
->st_shndx
== (unsigned int) shndx1
)
8717 if (count1
&& isym
->st_shndx
!= (unsigned int) shndx1
)
8722 for (isym
= isymbuf2
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount2
;
8723 isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8725 if (isym
->st_shndx
== (unsigned int) shndx2
)
8732 if (count2
&& isym
->st_shndx
!= (unsigned int) shndx2
)
8736 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
8739 symtable1
= bfd_malloc (count1
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
8740 symtable2
= bfd_malloc (count1
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
8742 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
8746 for (isym
= isymstart1
, isymend
= isym
+ count1
;
8747 isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8750 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
,
8757 for (isym
= isymstart2
, isymend
= isym
+ count1
;
8758 isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8761 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
,
8767 /* Sort symbol by name. */
8768 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
8769 elf_sym_name_compare
);
8770 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
8771 elf_sym_name_compare
);
8773 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
8774 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
8775 if (symtable1
[i
].sym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].sym
->st_info
8776 || symtable1
[i
].sym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].sym
->st_other
8777 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
8795 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */
8796 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
8797 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
,
8798 SEC_IS_COMMON
, NULL
, "LARGE_COMMON", 0);
8800 /* Return TRUE if 2 section types are compatible. */
8803 _bfd_elf_match_sections_by_type (bfd
*abfd
, const asection
*asec
,
8804 bfd
*bbfd
, const asection
*bsec
)
8808 || abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
8809 || bbfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8812 return elf_section_type (asec
) == elf_section_type (bsec
);